Luke 9:28
28 And it came to pass, after these words, as it were eight days, that having taken Peter, and John, and James, He went up to the mountain to pray,
It came to pass
Strongs:
Lexicon:
γίνομαι
Greek:
Ἐγένετο
Transliteration:
Egeneto
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Middle Deponent Indicative 3rd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that happened - by a person or thing being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
ginomai
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
γίνομαι, Ion. and κοινή for Att. γίγν- (M. Pr., 47; Bl, §6, 8 Mayser, 166 f.), [in LXX chiefly for היה;] 1) of persons, things occurrences, to come into being, be born, arise, come on: Jhn.1:15 8:58, 1Co.15:37; a first appearance in public, Mrk.1:4, Jhn.1:6, al; before ἐκ (of birth), Rom.1:3, Gal.4:4; διά, Jhn.1:3; βροντή, Jhn.12:29; σεισμός, Rev.6:12; γογγυσμός, Act.6:1; χαρά, Act.8:8, many other similar exx; ἡμέρα, Luk.22:66, al; ὀψέ, Mrk.11:19; πρωΐα, Mat.27:1; νύξ, Act.27:27. 2) Of events, to come to pass, take place, happen: Mat.5:18, Mrk.5:14, Luk.1:20 2:15, Act.4:21, 2Ti.2:18, al; μὴ γένοιτο [LXX for חָלִילָה, Jhn.22:29, al.], far be it, God forbid: Rom.3:4 (ICC, in l.), 1Co.6:15 and frequently in Pl; καὶ ἐγένετο, ἐγένετο δέ ([in LXX for וַיְהִי;] see Burton, 142 f; M, Pr., 16f; Dalman, Words, 32 f; Robertson, Gr., 1042 f.), with indic, Mat.7:28, Luk.1:8, al; before καί and indic, Luk.8:1, Act.5:7, al; with accusative and inf, Mrk.2:23, Luk.3:21, al; ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο, before τοῦ with inf, Act.10:25; with dative of person(s), to befall one: with inf, Act.20:16; with accusative and inf, Act.22:6; with adv, εὖ, Eph.6:3; τ́ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ (Field, Notes, 115), Act.7:40 (LXX); before εἰς, Act.28:6. 3) to be made, done, performed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc: Mat.6:10 19:8, Mrk.2:27 11:23, Act.19:26, al; before διά with genitive, Mrk.6:2, Act.2:43; ὑπό, Luk.13:17; ἐκ, Luk.4:23; ἐν, 1Co.9:15; ἀπογραφή, Luk.2:2; ἀνάκρισις Act.25:26; ἄφεσις, Heb.9:22; ὁ νόμος, Gal.3:17; τὸ πάσχα, Mat.26:2. 4) to become, be made, come to be: with pred, Mat.4:3, Luk.4:3, Jhn.2:9, 1Co.13:11, al; before ὡς, ὡσεί, Mat.10:25, Mrk.9:26; εἰς (M, Pr., 71f.), Mrk.12:1 o, al; with genitive Rev.11:15; id, of age, Luk.2:42; with dative, γ. ἀνδρί ([LXX for הָיָה לְאִישׁ, Rut.1:12, al;] see Field, Notes, 156), Rom.7:3, 4; before ἐν, Act.22:17, Rev.1:10, al; ἐπάνω, Luk.19:19; μετά, with genitive, Mrk.16:[10], Act.9:19; before εἰς, ἐπί (Field, Notes, 135), κατά (ib, 62), with accusative of place, Act.20:16 21:35 27:7, al; before ἐκ, Mrk.9:7, Luk.3:22, 2Th.2:7, al. Aoristic pf. γέγονα (M, Pr., 52, 145f; Field, Notes, 1f.), Mat.25:6, Luk.10:36, al. Aor. ἐγενήθη (for ἐγένετο, M, Pr., 139f; Mayser, 379), Mat.11:23, al. (Cf. απο, δια, επι, παρα, συμ, παρα, προ.) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
ginomai
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
γίγνομαι, Ionic dialect and after [Refs 4th c.BC+] γίνομαι [ῑ], (Attic dialect Inscrr. have γιγν- in fifth and fourth cententury,[Refs]; Thess. γίνυμαι [Refs]; Boeotian dialect γίνιουμαι [Refs]future γενήσομαι: aorist ἐγενόμην (ἐγενάμην [LXX] (προ-) Decrees Byzantine cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+], Ionic dialect 2nd pers. singular γένευ [Refs 8th c.BC+], 3rd.pers. singular γενέσκετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect γέντο [Refs 8th c.BC+] (gṇ-το): perfect γέγονα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: 3rd.pers. plural γέγοναν [NT]: pluperfect ἐγεγόνει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect forms (as if from perfect γέγᾰα), 2nd pers. plural γεγάᾱτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]pluperfect ἐκ-γεγάτην [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγάμεν [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; participle γεγᾰώς -ᾰυῖα, plural -ᾰῶτες, -ᾰυῖαι [Refs 8th c.BC+], contraction γεγώς, -ῶσα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγᾱκειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: middle forms ἐκγεγάασθε epigram [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive forms, future γενηθήσομαι (only in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐγενήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+], later Attic dialect, [Refs 4th c.BC+] and Hellenistic Gk, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]: perfect γεγένημαι [Refs 4th c.BC+], frequently in Attic dialect Poets and Prose, in Attic dialect inscription first in 4th C, [Refs]: 3rd.pers. plural γεγενέανται [Refs 4th c.BC+]: pluperfect ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare γείνομαι:—come into a new state of being: hence, I) absolutely, come into being opposed to εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so, I.1) of persons, to be born, νέον γεγαώς new born, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ Τμώλῳ γεγαῶτας born (and so living) under Tmolus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γιγνομέναισι λάχη τάδ᾽. ἐκράνθη at our birth, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γεγονέναι κακῶς, καλῶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κάλλιον, εὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι not to have been born, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὑπὲρ τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονότες those of an age beyond, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with ordinals, ὀγδοηκοστὸν ἔτος γεγονώς [Refs 1st c.AD+] I.2) of things, to be produced, ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to ὄλλυσθαι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπόλλυσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπολείπειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] Apoll.7; opposed to ἀπολήγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of profits, καρποὶ οἱ ἐξ ἀγελῶν γ. [Refs]; τὰ ἆθλα ἀπὸ τεττάρων ταλάντων ἐγένοντο were the produce of, i.e. were worth, [Refs]; τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων γενόμενον ἀργύριον produced by [the ransom of], [Refs]; of sums, ὁ γεγονὼς ἀριθμὸς τῶν ψήφων the total of the votes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] staters amount to [Refs 4th c.BC+]; so in in Mathematics texts, of products, ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν γενόμενος ἀριθμός [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἀριθμὸς γενόμενος ἑκατοντάκις multiplied[Refs 3rd c.AD+]; of times of day, ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of Time in general, elapse, διέτης χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε ταῦτα πρήσσουσι [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) falldue, οἱ γιγνόμενοι δασμοί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τίμημα τὸ γ, τὸ γ. ἀργύριον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with dative, τὸ γ. τινὶ ἔλαιον [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τοῖς γείτοσι τὸ γ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]dues, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] regular, normal, τίμημα, χάρις, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν ταῖς γ. ἡμέραις in the usual number of days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in later Gk, as [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) of events, take place, come to pass, and in past tenses to be, καί σφιν ἄχος κατὰ θυμὸν ἐγίγνετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ Ὀλύμπια γίγνεται, τραγῳδοὶ γίγνονται, are held, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψήφισμα γ. is passed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστὰ γ, ὅρκοι γ, pledges are given, oaths taken,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; γίγνεταί τι ὑπό τινος (masculine), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ γένοιτο which God forbid, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but γένοιτο, = [LXX]; γένοιτο γένοιτο[LXX] suppose it done, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]it is done, [NT]participle, γίγνεταί τί μοι βουλομένῳ, ἀσμένῳ (see. βούλομαι, ἄσμενος); οὐκ ἂν ἐμοί γε ἐλπομένῳ τὰ γένοιτο, i.e. I could not hope to see these things take place, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of sacrifices, omens, etc, οὐ γάρ σφι ἐγίνετο τὰ σφάγια χρηστά[Refs 5th c.BC+]. were favourable, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, τὸ γενόμενον the event, the fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γενόμενα the facts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγενημένα the past, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ γενησόμενον the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγονότα, opposed to ὄντα, μέλλοντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but in perfect and pluperfect, to have passed, ὡς διετὴς χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]. it happened, came to pass that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, ὡς ἤκουσεν. καὶ ἐθυμώθη it came to pass, when he heard. that, [LXX+NT]infinitive, γίνεται εὑρεῖν it is possible to find, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, with accusative et infinitive, it came to pass that, [NT+2nd c.AD+]: with dative et infinitive, ἐάν σοι γένηται στραφῆναι [Refs 1st c.AD+] II) followed by a Predicate, come into a certain state, become, and (in past tenses), to be, II.1) followed by Nouns and adjectives, δηΐοισι δὲ χάρμα γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντα δὲ γιγνόμενος πειρήσεται turning every way, [Refs]; παντοῖος γ, followed by μή, with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, μὴ προδοὺς ἡμᾶς γένῃ, i.e. προδότης ἡμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ; what am I to become, i.e. what is to become of me? [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.1.b) in past tenses, having ceased to be, ὁ γενόμενος στρατηγός the ex-strategus, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἡ γ. γυνή τινος the former wife, [Refs 1st c.AD+] II.2) with adverbs, κακῶς χρῆν Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὖ, καλῶς, ἡδέως γ, it goes well, etc, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; with personal construction, οἱ παρὰ Πλάτωνι δειπνήσαντες ἐς αὔριον ἡδέως γίγνονται [Refs 1st c.AD+]; δίχα γ. τοῦ σώματος to be parted from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τριχῇ γ. to be in three divisions, [Refs]; γ. ἐμποδών, ἐκποδών, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) followed by oblique cases of Nouns, II.3.a) with genitive, γ. τῶν δικαστέων, τῶν γεραιτέρων, become one of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; fall to, belong to, ἡ νίκη Ἀγησιλάου ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be under control of, ὁ νοῦς ὅταν αὑτοῦ γένηται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: of things, to be at, i.e. cost, so much, αἱ τριχίδες εἰ γενοίαθ᾽ ἑκατὸν τοὐβολοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.b) with dative, fall to, i. e. as wife, [LXX] II.3.c) with Preps, γ. ἀπὸ δείπνου, ἐκ θυσίας, have done, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολὺν χρόνον γ. ἀπό τινος to be separated from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. εἴς τι turn into, τὸ κακὸν γ. εἰς ἀγαθόν [LXX+6th c.BC+]; εἰς βρῶσιν[LXX]; εἰς οὐδέν, εἰς κενόν, [NT+8th c.BC+] even without preposition, ἐμὲ χρεὼ γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. τι εἴς τινα comes to him, of a dowry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of a ward, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν τινι to be out of sight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γ. disappear from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐν, to be engaged in, οἱ ἐν ποιήσει γινόμενοι in poetry, [Refs]; ἐν [πολέμῳ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀργῇ, ἐν αἰτίᾳ πρός τινα γ, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; of things, ἐν καιρῷ γ. to be in season, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. διὰ γηλόφων, of a road, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but δι᾽ ἔχθρας γ. τινί to be at enmity with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπὶ ποταμῷ arrive or be at, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι fall into or be in one's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι, also, to be set over, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδος to be in hope, [Refs 1st c.AD+] to be multiplied into a number, [Refs]; γ. κατά τινα or τι to be near. or opposite to, in battle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but κατὰ ξυστάσεις γ. to be formed into groups, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς γ. to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. μετὰ τοῦ θείου to be with God, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς πράγμασι to be present on both sides, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρά τι to depend upon, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. περὶ τὸ συμβουλεύειν to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενοῦ πρός τινα go to So-and-so, [Refs]; γ. πρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ to be at or near, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρός τινι to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτῷ meditate, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενέσθαι πρός τινων to be inclined towards them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρὸ ὁδοῦ to be forward on the way, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπό τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπὸ ταῖς μηχαναῖς to be under the protection of, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) γίγνεται followed by plural nouns, ἵνα γίγνηται. ἀρχαί τε καὶ γάμοι [NT+5th c.BC+]. (Cf. jánati 'procreate', jánas (={γένος}), Latin gigno, gnatus.)
Strongs
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
gínomai
Pronounciation:
ghin'-om-ahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to cause to be ("gen"-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.); arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought; a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb
now
Strongs:
Lexicon:
δέ
Greek:
δὲ
Transliteration:
de
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
but/and
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
de
Gloss:
then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
δέ (before vowels δ᾽; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, see WH, App., 146; Tdf, Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; 1) copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mat.1:2 ff, 2Co.6:15, 16, 2Pe.1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Rom.3:21, 22, 9:30, 1Co.2:6, Gal.2:2, Php.2:8; in transition to something new, Mat.1:18, 2:19, Luk.13:1, Jhn.7:14, Act.6:1, Rom.8:28, 1Co.7:1 8:1, al; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jhn.3:19, Rom.5:8, 1Co.1:12, Eph.2:4, 5:32, al; ὡς δέ, Jhn.2:9; καὶ. δέ, but also, Mat.10:18, Luk.1:76, Jhn.6:51, Rom.11:23, al; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jhn.8:16. 2) Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop, answering to a foregoing μέν (which see), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most frequently without μέν; Bl, §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mat.6:14, 23, al; ἐγὼ (σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mat.5:22, 6:6, Mrk.8:29, al; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mrk.1:45, Luk.4:40, al; after a negation, Mat.6:19, 20, Rom.3:4, 1Th.5:21, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
de
Gloss:
then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
δέ, but: adversative and copulative Particle, I) answering to μέν (which see), τὴν νῦν μὲν Βοιωτίαν, πρότερον δὲ Καδμηίδα γῆν καλουμένην [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) without preceding μέν, II.1) adversative, expressing distinct opposition, αἰεί τοι τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ φίλα. μαντεύεσθαι, ἐσθλὸν δ᾽ οὔτε τί πω εἶπας[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Prose, οὐκ ἐπὶ κακῷ, ἐλευθερώσει δέ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) copulative, II.2.a) in explanatory clauses, ξυνέβησαν. τὰ μακρὰ τείχη ἑλεῖν (ἦν δὲ σταδίων μάλιστα ὀκτώ) [Refs 8th c.BC+]: when a substantive is followed by words in apposition, Ἀρισταγόρῃ τῷ Μιλησίῳ, δούλῳ δὲ ἡμετέρῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in answers, διπλᾶ λέγειν. —Answ. διπλᾶδ᾽ ὁρᾶν [Refs] II.2.b) in enumerations or transitions, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with repetition of a word in different relations, ὣς Ἀχιλεὺς θάμβησεν, θάμβησαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in rhetorical outbursts, οὐκ ἂν εὐθέως εἴποιεν· τὸν δὲ βάσκανον, τὸν δὲ ὄλεθρον, τοῦτον δὲ ὑβρίζειν,—ἀναπνεῖν δέ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in a climax, πᾶν γύναιον καὶ παιδίον καὶ θηρίον δέ nay even beast, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in the combination καὶ δέ [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2.c) answering to τε (which see), ἃ τῶν τε ἀποβαινόντων ἕνεκα ἄξια κεκτῆσθαι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτὰ αὑτῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) implying causal connexion, less direct than γάρ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) in questions, with implied opposition, ἑόρακας δ᾽, ἔφη, τὴν γυναῖκ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4.b) τί δ; what then? to mark a transition in dialogue; see at {τίς}. II) in apodosi: II.1) after hypothetical clauses, εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they will not give it, then I, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.1.b) after temporal or relative clauses, with ἐπεί, ἕως, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with demonstrative Pronouns or adverbs answering to a preceding relative, οἵηπερ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes after a participle, οἰόμενοι. τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ᾽ ὅμοιοι. ἐσόμεθα [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) to resume after an interruption or parenthesis, χρόνου δὲ ἐπιγινομένου καὶ κατεστραμμένων σχεδὸν πάντων,—κατεστραμμένων δὲ τούτων. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with an anacoluthon, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἄρα,—οἷ ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ. τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ ἰτέον, αὕτη δὲ δή. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) to begin a story, ἦμος δ᾽ ἠέλιος. well, when the sun, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) to introduce a proof, τεκμήριον δέ, σημεῖον δέ, (see entry). B) POSITION of δέ. It usually stands second: hence frequently between Article and substantive or preposition and case; but also after substantive, or words forming a connected notion, hence it may stand third, γυναῖκα πιστὴν δ᾽ ἐν δόμοις εὕροι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Prose after a negative, οὐχ ὑπ᾽ ἐραστοῦ δέ, to avoid confusion between οὐ δέ and οὐδέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
dé
Pronounciation:
deh
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
but, and, etc.; also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English); a primary particle (adversative or continuative)
after
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μετά
Greek:
μετὰ
Transliteration:
meta
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
with/after
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
μετά
Transliteration:
meta
Gloss:
with/after
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
μετά (before vowel μετ᾽; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b), prep. with genitive, accusative (in poet, also with dative), [in LXX for אַחַד,עִם,אֵת, etc.]. I. C. genitive, 1) among, amid: Mrk.1:13, Luk.22:37 (LXX, ἐν) 24:5, Jhn.18:5, al; διωγμῶν, Mrk.10:30. 2) Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more frequently in NT; cf. Bl, §42, 3): with genitive of person(s), Mat.8:11 20:20 Mrk.1:29 3:7 Luk.5:30, Jhn.3:22, Gal.2:1, al. mult; εἶναι μετά, Mat.5:25, Mrk.3:14, al; metaphorically, of divine help and guidance, Jhn.3:2, Act.7:9, Php.4:9, al; opposite to εἶναι κατά, Mat.12:30, Luk.11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but see M, Pr., 106, 246f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π, with dative, to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם, 1Ki.17:33), Rev.2:16, al; with genitive of thing(s), χαρᾶς, Mat.13:20, Mrk.4:16, al; ὀργῆς, Mrk.3:5, al. II. C. accusative, 1) of place, behind, after: Heb.9:3. 2) Of time, after: Mat.17:1, Mrk.14:1, Luk.1:24, Act.1:5, Gal.1:18, al; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jhn.2:12, al; ταῦτα, Mrk.16:[12], Luk.5:27, Jhn.3:22, al; with inf. artic. (BL, §71, 5; 72, 3), Mat.26:32, Mrk.1:14, al. III. In composition, 1) of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. 2) Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. 3) after: μεταμέλομαι. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μετά
Transliteration:
meta
Gloss:
with/after
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
μετά [ᾰ, but ᾱ in [Refs 5th c.BC+]], poetry μεταί, uncertain, only in μεταιβολί; Aeolic dialect, Doric dialect, [Refs 4th c.AD+]: preposition with genitive, dative, and accusative (Cf. Goth. mip, OHG. miti, mit 'with'.) A) WITH GEN. (in which use μ. gradually superseded σύν, which see), A.I) in the midst of, among, between, with plural Nouns, μετ᾽ ἄλλων λέξο ἑταίρων [Refs 8th c.BC+] with one, [Refs 5th c.BC+], i.e. among no men, [Refs] A.II) in common, along with, by aid of (implying a closer union than σύν), μ. Βοιωτῶν ἐμάχοντο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; συνδιεπολέμησαν τὸν πόλεμον μ. Ἀθηναίων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. τῆς βουλῆς in co-operation with the council, [Refs 8th c.BC+] with, i.e. by aid of, Athena, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τινὸς πάσχειν, δρᾶν τι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. τινὸς εἶναι to be on one's side, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: generally, with, together with, with substantive in singular first in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ μ. τινός his companions, [NT+5th c.BC+] C. and the Athenians, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, in conjunction with, ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) later, in one's dealings with, ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτῶν [NT+2nd c.AD+]: even of hostile action, σὺ ποιεῖς μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ πονηρίαν [LXX+NT+2nd c.AD+]: to denote the union of persons with qualities or circumstances, and so to denote manner, τὸ ἄπραγμον. μὴ μ. τοῦ δραστηρίου τεταγμένον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψυχὴν ὁσίως βεβιωκυῖαν καὶ μετ᾽ ἀληθείας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, by means of, μετ᾽ ἀρετῆς πρωτεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) serving to join two predicates, γενόμενος μ. τοῦ δυνατοῦ καὶ ξυνετός, i.e. δυνατός τε καὶ ξυνετός, 5th c.BC: Thucydides Historicus 2.15; ὅταν πλησιάζῃ μ. τοῦ ἅπτεσθαι 5th-6th c.BC: Plato Philosophus “Phaedrus” 255b. A.IV) rarely of Time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετ᾽ ἀνοκωχῆς during, [Refs] B) WITH DAT, only poetry, mostly Epic dialect: B.I) between, among others, but without the close union which belongs to the genitive, and so nearly ={ἐν}, which is sometimes exchanged with it, μ. πρώτοισι. ἐν πυμάτοισι [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1) of persons, among, in company with, μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τριτάτοισιν ἄνασσεν in the third generation (not μ. τριτάτων belonging to it), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of haranguing an assembly, μετ᾽ Ἀργείοις ἀγορεύεις [Refs]; between, of two parties, φιλότητα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισι βάλωμεν [Refs] B.I.2) of things, μ. νηυσίν, ἀστράσι, κύμασιν, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.3) of separate parts of persons, between, μ. χερσὶν ἔχειν to hold between, i.e. in, the hands, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅς κεν. πέσῃ μ. ποσσὶ γυναικός, of a child being born, 'to fall between her feet', [Refs] B.II) to complete a number, besides, over and above, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ πέμπτος μ. τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself to be with them a fifth, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Οὖτιν. πύματον ἔδομαι μ. οἷς ἑτάροισι last to complete the number, i.e. after, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III) with dative singular, only of collective Nouns (or the equivalent of such, μεθ᾽ αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) WITH ACCUSATIVE C.I) of motion, into the middle of, coming into or among, especially where a number of persons is implied, ἵκοντο μ. Τρῶας καὶ Ἀχαιούς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of things, εἴ τινα φεύγοντα σαώσειαν μ. νῆας [Refs]; με μ. ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα βάλλει plunges me into them, [Refs]; of place, μ. τ᾽ ἤθεα καὶ νομὸν ἵππων [Refs]; δράγματα μετ᾽ ὄγμον πῖπτον into the midst of the furrow, [Refs] C.I.2) in pursuit or quest of, of persons, sometimes in friendlysense, βῆ ῥ᾽ ἰέναι μ. Νέστορα went to seek [Refs 8th c.BC+] to go after, pursue him, [Refs]; also of things, πλεῖν μ. χαλκόν to sail in quest of it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἵκηαι μ. πατρὸς ἀκουήν in search of news of thy father, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πόλεμον μέτα θωρήσσοντο they armed for the battle, [Refs]; ὡπλίζοντο μεθ᾽ ὕλην prepared to seek after wood, [Refs] C.II) of sequence or succession, C.II.1) of Place, after, behind, λαοὶ ἕπονθ᾽, ὡς εἴ τε μ. κτίλον ἕσπετο μῆλα like sheep after the bell-wether, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τὴν θάλασσαν beyond, on the far side of the sea, [Refs] C.II.2) of Time, after, next to, μ. δαῖτας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μεθ᾽ Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑτοῖμος after Hector thy death is at the door, [Refs 8th c.BC+]thereupon, there-after, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετ᾽ ὀλίγον ὕστερον shortly after, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μ. χρυσόθρονον ἠῶ after daybreak, [Refs] by day, opposed to νυκτός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν, opposed to νύκτωρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. τὸν ἑξέτη καὶ τὴν ἑξέτιν after the boy or girl has attained the age of six years, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.3) in order of Worth, Rank, etc, next after, following superlative, κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ. τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν μετ᾽ ἀμύμονα Πηλεΐωνα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: where superlative is implied, ὃς πᾶσι μετέπρεπε. μ. Πηλεΐωνος ἑταῖρον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. μάκαρας next to the gods, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also μάχεσθαι μ. πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων to be inferior in fighting to many, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.III) after, according to, μ. σὸν καὶ ἐμὸν κῆρ as you and I wish, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.IV) generally, among, between, as with dative (B.I), μ. πάντας ὁμήλικας ἄριστος best among all, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας including those who have died, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; μ. χεῖρας ἔχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) μετά with all cases can be put after its substantive, and is then by anastrophe μέτα, [Refs 8th c.BC+], but not when the ultima is elided, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E) absolutely as adverb, among them, with them, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with him, οὐκ οἶον, μ. καὶ Γανυμήδεα [Refs 3rd c.BC+] E.II) and then, next afterwards, opposed to πρόσθε, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E.III) thereafter,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. γάρ τε καὶ ἄλγεσι τέρπεται ἀνήρ one feels pleasure even in troubles, when past, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. δέ, for ἔπειτα δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] F) μέτα, -μέτεστι, [Refs 8th c.BC+] G) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), G.I) of community or participation, as in μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, usually with genitive of things. G.I.2) of action in common with another, as in μεταδαίνυμαι, μεταμέλπομαι, etc, with dative person G.II) in the midst of, of space or time, as in μεταδήμιος, μεταδόρπιος 1; between, as in μεταίχμιον, μεταπύργιον. G.III) of succession of time, as in μεταδόρπιος 2, μετακλαίω, μεταυτίκα. G.IV) of pursuit, as in μεταδιώκω, μετέρχομαι. G.V) of letting go, as in μεθίημι, μεθήμων. G.VI) after, behind, as in μετάφρενον, opposed to πρόσθε. G.VII) reversely, as in μετατρέπω, μεταστρέφω. G.VIII) most frequently of change of place, condition, plan, etc, as in μεταβαίνω, μεταβάλλω, μεταβουλεύω, μεταγιγνώσκω, etc.
Strongs
Word:
μετά
Transliteration:
metá
Pronounciation:
met-ah'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
properly, denoting accompaniment; "amid" (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between g575 (ἀπό) or g1537 (ἐκ) and g1519 (εἰς) or g4314 (πρός); less intimate than g1722 (ἐν) and less close than g4862 (σύν)); after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out); a primary preposition (often used adverbially)
<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τοὺς
Transliteration:
tous
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
SPECIFIC male people or things that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
sayings
Strongs:
Lexicon:
λόγος
Greek:
λόγους
Transliteration:
logous
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
male PEOPLE OR THINGS that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
λόγος
Transliteration:
logos
Gloss:
word
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
λόγος, -ου, ὁ (λέγω) [in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for מִלָּה,אֵמֶר, etc;] I. Of that by which the inward thought is expressed, Lat. oratio, sermo, vox, verbum. 1) a word, not in the grammatical sense of a mere name (ἔπος, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), but a word as embodying a conception or idea: Mat.8:8, Luk.7:7, 1Co.14:9, 19 Heb.12:19, al. 2) a saying, statement, declaration: Mat.19:22 (T om.), Mrk.5:36 7:29, Luk.1:29, Jhn.2:22 6:60, Act.7:29, al; with genitive attrib, Act.13:15, Rom.9:9, Heb.7:28, al; of the sayings, commands, promises, etc, of teachers, Mat.7:24 10:14, Mrk.8:38, Luk.9:4, Jhn.14:24, al; λ. κενοί, Eph.5:6; ἀληθινοί, Rev.19:9; πιστοί, Rev.22:6; esp. of the precepts, decrees and promises of God, ὁ λ. τ. θεοῦ, the word of God: Mrk.7:13, Jhn.10:35, Rom.13:9, 1Co.14:36, Php.1:14, al; absol, ὁ λ, Mat.13:21, 22 Mrk.16:[20], Luk.1:2, Act.6:4, Heb.4:12, al. 3) speech, discourse: Act.14:12, 2Co.10:10, Jas.3:2; opposite to ἐπιστολή, 2Th.2:15; disting, from σοφία, 1Co.2:1; ἀναστροφή, 1Ti.4:12; δύναμις, 1Co.4:19, 1Th.1:5; ἔργον, Rom.15:18; οὐδενὸς λ. τίμιον (not worthy of mention), Act.20:24; of the faculty of speech, Luk.24:19, 2Co.11:6; of the style of speech, Mat.5:37, 1Co.1:5; of instruction, Col.4:3, 1Pe.3:1; with genitive of person(s), Jhn.5:24 8:52, Act.2:41, al; ὁ λ. ὁ ἐμός, Jhn.8:31; with genitive obj. (τ.) ἀληθείας, 2Co.6:7, Col.1:5, Jas.1:18; τ. καταλλαγῆς, 2Co.5:19; τ. σταυροῦ, 1Co.1:18; of mere talk, 1Co.4:19, 2o, Col.2:23, 1Jn.3:18; of the talk which one occasions, hence, repute: Col.2:23. 4) subject-matter, hence, teaching, doctrine: Act.18:15, 2Ti.2:17, al; esp. of Christian doctrine: Mat.13:20-23, Mrk.4:14-20 8:32, Luk.1:2, Act.8:4, Gal.6:6, 1Th.1:6, al; with genitive of person(s), τ. θεοῦ, Luk.5:1, Jhn.17:6, Act.4:29, 1Co.14:36, I Jhn.1:10, Rev.6:9, al; τ. Κυρίου, Act.8:25, 1Th.1:8, al; τ. Χριστοῦ, Col.3:16, Rev.3:8; with genitive appos, Act.15:7; with genitive attrib, Heb.5:13. 5) a story, tale, narrative: Mat.28:15, Jhn.21:23, Act.1:1 11:22; before περί, Luk.5:15. 6) That which is spoken of (Plat, al; V. Kennedy, Sources, 124), matter, affair, thing: Mat.21:24, Mrk.1:45 11:29, Luk.20:3, Act.8:21; of a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law, Act.19:38; pl. (1Ma.7:33, al.), Luk.1:4. II. Of the inward thought itself, Lat. ratio. 1) reason, (a) of the mental faculty (Hdt, Plat, al.): κατὰ λόγον, Act.18:14; (b) a reason, cause: τίνι λόγῳ, Act.10:29; παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, Mat.5:32 19:9, WH, mg, R, mg. 2) account, (a) regard: Act.20:24, Rec; (b) reckoning: Php.4:15, 17; συναίρειν (which see) λ, Mat.18:23 25:19; in forensic sense, Rom.14:12, Heb.13:17, 1Pe.4:5; with genitive of thing(s), Luk.16:2; before περί, Mat.12:36, Act.19:40, 1Pe.3:15. 3) proportion, analogy: Php.2:16 (Field, Notes, 193 f.). III. ὁ λ, the Divine Word or Logos: Jhn.1:1, 14; τ. ζωῆς, 1Jn.1:1; τ. θεοῦ, Rev.19:13 (see Westc, Swete, CGT, in ll; reff. in Artt, Logos, DB, DCG). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
λόγος
Transliteration:
logos
Gloss:
word
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word see [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 111, compareinfr. VI. 1 a: I) computation, reckoning (compare λέγω (B) II). I.1) account of money handled, σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, [NT]; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H: metaphorically, οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.1.b) public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ, in Egypt, [Refs]; also as title of treasurer, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; δημόσιος λ, = Latin fiscus, [Refs 1st c.AD+], etc. (but later, = aerarium, [Refs 4th c.AD+] I.2) generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, [NT+4th c.BC+]; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐς λ. τινός on account of, ἐς χρημάτων λ. [LXX+5th c.BC+]; λόγῳ with genitive, by way of, [Refs]; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, [NT+4th c.BC+] I.3) measure, tale [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐς τούτου (i.e. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, [Refs 5th c.BC+].; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, [NT+5th c.BC+]; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; sum, total of expenditure, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ, = Latin patrimonii modus, [Refs 4th c.AD+] I.4) esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (compare infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν᾽ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, [Refs]; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, [Refs]; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Latin rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but also, have the reputation of, see below[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμεῖς οὔτ᾽ ἐν λ. οὔτ᾽ ἐν ἀριθμῷ Oracle texts cited in [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) relation, correspondence, proportion, II.1) generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), [Refs 6th c.BC+]; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare εὔλογος: sometimes with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, [Refs]; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, [Refs]; by parity of reasoning, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, [Refs]; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to. as, [Refs 5th c.AD+] II.2) in Mathematics texts, ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ᾽ ἀνάλογον λ, λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] narrows uniformly, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.3) Grammars, analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncopated ope, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III) explanation, III.1) plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατὰ τίνα λ; on what ground? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, [Refs]; ἐπὶ τίνι λ; for what reason? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τίνι δικαίῳ λ; what just cause is there? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίνι λ; on what account? [NT]; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that, [Refs]; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, [Refs] III.1.b) plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against, [NT] III.2) statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας probably in [Refs 1st c.AD+]; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι. [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ.[Refs]; ὡς ὁ λ. (i.e. λέγει) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, [NT]; ὁ προφητικὸς λ, collective, of [NT+5th c.BC+]; of arguments leading to a conclusion (ὁ λ.), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. [Refs]; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] III.2.b) ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ, title of a discourse by Protagoras, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ, name of an argument,[Refs 1st c.AD+]; καταβάλλοντες (i.e. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ, current outside the Lyceum, [Refs]; Δισσοὶ λ, title of a philosophical treatise (= [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] III.2.c) in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion, πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.2.d) rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, [Refs 5th c.BC+], compare c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, [Refs]; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of the final cause, ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν [Refs]; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου[Refs]; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, [Refs]; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently, ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opposed to κατὰ πάθος, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] III.3) law, rule of conduct, ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ [Refs 1st c.AD+]; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ νόμος. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, [Refs 1st c.BC+] III.4) thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, [Refs]; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.5) reason, ground, πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐκ λόγου, opposed to μάτην, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας [Refs]; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα (ἐπιστήμη) [Refs]; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.6) formula (wider than definition, but frequently equivalent thereto), term expressing reason, λ. τῆς πολιτείας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, [Refs]; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, [Refs]; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (compare supr. II) of combination, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.7) reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law, κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατ τὸν [αὐτὸν αὖ] λ. by the same law, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in Stoic Philos, the divine order, τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λόγος, ={φύσει νόμος}, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] III.7.b) σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms, ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.7.c) in Neo-Platonic Philos, of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe, ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; opposed to ὅρος, [Refs 5th c.AD+]in R.1.18 K; τεχνικοὶ λ. [Refs] IV) inward debate of the soul [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opposed to ὁ ἔξω λ.), [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opposed to ὁ προφορικὸς λ, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.1) thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opposed to ἰδία φρόνησις, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; reflection, deliberation[Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ εἰδέναι. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opposed to αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, [Refs 4th c.AD+] in idea, in thought, τῷ λ. τέμνειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opposed to sensibly perceived, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; διὰ λόγου θ. χ.[Refs 1st c.BC+]; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but, our argument shows, [Refs] as the whim took him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, [Refs 4th c.BC+] since reason and understanding are in abeyance, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opposed to αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, [Refs]; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opposed to μετ᾽ αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, [Refs]; λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν [Refs]; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, [Refs 5th c.BC+] as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sometimes with depreciatory emphasis on the former, εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opposed to τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities),[Refs 4th c.BC+]; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ, opposed to κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, [Refs]; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opposed to ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, [Refs]; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opposed to ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, [Refs]; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opposed to perception, [Refs]; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opposed to practice, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opposed to intuition, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; reasoning in general, [Refs]; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, [Refs 1st c.BC+], of mystical vision, opposed to reasoning, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] —Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρὰ λόγον, opposed to κατὰ λ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; compare παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.2) reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ.[Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to φύσις, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (i.e. εὐδαιμονίαν) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [[Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.2.b) creative reason, ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν [Refs 3rd c.AD+] V) continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (compare λέγω (B) [Refs] V.1) fable, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V.2) legend, ἱρὸς λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἱεροὶ λ, of Orphic rhapsodies, [Refs] V.3) tale, story, ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: plural, histories, ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in singular, a historical work, [Refs]: also in singular, one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), [Refs]; so in plural, ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. [Refs]; ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. [Refs]; ὁ πρῶτος λ, of St. Luke's gospel, [NT+5th c.BC+], as history to legend, [Refs] (argument) διεξελθεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+] V.4) speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc, χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially of the body of a speech, opposed to ἐπίλογος, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; body of a law, opposed to proem, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; spoken, opposed to written word, τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι [Refs]; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, [Refs]; published speech, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy (ῥήσεις), [Refs 4th c.BC+] VI) verbal expression or utterance (compare λέγω (B) [Refs]word, see below b, never in Grammars signification of vocable (ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usually of a phrase, cf. I[Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.a) plural, without Article, talk, τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ψευδεῖς Λ, personified, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, [Refs]; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, [Refs] speak if thou delightest in talking, [Refs] VI.b) singular, expression, phrase, πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; concisely, [Refs 4th c.BC+] (but also, ={ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ}. [Refs] magic words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely of single words, λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, [NT] VI.c) coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc, mostly in a depreciatory sense, λ. ἔργου σκιή [Refs 6th c.BC+]; λόγῳ, opposed to ἔργῳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγοις, opposed to ψήφῳ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to νόῳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα[Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to πρᾶγμα, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to βία, [Refs]; opposed to ὄντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to γνῶσις, [NT]; λόγῳ in pretence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words, ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο [Refs]; λόγου χάριν, opposed to ὡς ἀληθῶς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but also, let us say, for instance, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ, = Latin verbo tenus, [NT+5th c.BC+]; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opposed to τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2) common talk, report, tradition, ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην [Refs 7th c.BC+]; νέον [λ.] tidings, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, [Refs 5th c.BC+] traditions, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2.b) rumour, ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι [Refs 1st c.AD+]; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς. [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι. [NT]; fiction, [NT] VI.2.c) mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2.d) the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Τροίαν. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] slanders, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2.e) λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, with accusative et infinitive, ἔστι τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. μὲν ἔστ᾽ ἀρχαῖος ὡς. [Refs]; λ. alone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, [Refs 5th c.BC+] has the credit of, [NT+5th c.BC+] VI.3) discussion, debate, deliberation, πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, [Refs]; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, [Refs 5th c.BC+] parley, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with,[Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.3.b) right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον[Refs 4th c.BC+]: hence, time allowed for a speech, ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.3.c) dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate, ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, dialogue as a form of literature, οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; compare διάλογος. VI.3.d) section, division of a dialogue or treatise (compare see[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. [Refs 1st c.BC+]; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy, τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ, τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν [Refs 3rd c.BC+] VI.3.e) in plural, literature, letters, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but, also in plural, treatises, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; Λόγοι, personified, [Refs 6th c.AD+] VII) a particular utterance, saying: VII.1) divine utterance, oracle, [NT+5th c.BC+] VII.2) proverb, maxim, saying, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τόνδ᾽ ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς. [NT+5th c.BC+] VII.3) assertion, opposed to oath, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opposed to μαρτυρία, [Refs 4th c.BC+] VII.4) express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ᾽ ᾧ τε. on the following terms, [Refs]; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, [Refs]: frequently in plural, terms, conditions, [Refs] VII.5) word of command, behest, [NT+5th c.BC+]; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten [LXX+1st c.AD+] VIII) thing spoken of, subject-matter (compare [Refs 6th c.BC+]; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, [Refs]; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret,[Refs]; τίς ἦν λ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that, [NT+5th c.BC+]; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite, οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] VIII.2) plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, ={μῦθος}, [Refs 4th c.BC+] VIII.2.b) in Art, subject of a painting, ζωγραφίας λόγοι [Refs 2nd c.AD+] VIII.3) thing talked of, event, μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους [LXX+NT] IX) expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ, opposed to διάνοια, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; intelligent utterance, opposed to φωνή, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὅθεν (from the heart) ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται [Refs], compare 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in plural, eloquence, [Refs 5th c.BC+] see d. M; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡδυσμένος λ, of rhythmical language set to music, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, [NT]; ἐν λόγοις in orations, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, [Refs] IX.2) of various modes of expression, especially artistic and literary, ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; prose, opposed to ποίησις, [Refs]; opposed to ψιλομετρία, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (i.e. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον) ὁμοιότατον εἶναι [Refs]; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, [Refs]arguments without diagrams, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. πεζοί, opposed to ποιητική, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; opposed to ποιήματα,[Refs 1st c.BC+] IX.2.b) of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words, τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to πρᾶξις, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; dramatic dialogue, opposed to τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, [Refs] IX.3) Grammars, phrase, complex term, opposed to ὄνομα, [Refs]; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun-phrase, [Refs]; expression, [Refs 4th c.BC+] IX.3.b) sentence, complete statement, ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed,[Refs 4th c.BC+] IX.3.c) language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (but ἓν μέρος [τοῦ codex] λόγου one word, [Refs]; περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ, title of work by Chrysippus. X) the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government, ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. [LXX+1st c.AD+]; λ. θεοῦ δι᾽ οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ.[Refs] identified with the person of Christ, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. [NT]
Strongs
Word:
λόγος
Transliteration:
lógos
Pronounciation:
log'-os
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ); account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work; from g3004 (λέγω)
these
Strongs:
Lexicon:
οὗτος
Greek:
τούτους
Transliteration:
toutous
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
this/he/she/it
Morphhology:
Demonstrative pronoun Accusative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to SPECIFIC male people or things that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
these
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
οὗτος
Transliteration:
ohutos
Gloss:
this/he/she/it
Morphhology:
Greek Demonstrative Pronoun
Definition:
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֹאת,זֶה;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille), this; 1) as subst, this one, he; (a) absol: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al; (b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al; (with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl, §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3 o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35; (d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν. τ. δέ (cl), partly. partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46. 2) As adj, with subst; (a) with art. (α) before the art: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al; (β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al; (b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl, §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὗτος
Transliteration:
ohutos
Gloss:
this/he/she/it
Morphhology:
Greek Demonstrative Pronoun
Definition:
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, etc: the dual feminine never in Attic dialect, see ὁ, ἡ, τό, [near the start]:—demonstrative pronoun, this, common from [Refs 8th c.BC+] A) ORIGIN and FORMS: οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο probably arose from a reduplication of the demonstrative ὁ, ἡ, τό with insertion of -υ- (= Sanskrit Particle u), e.g. ταῦτα from τα-υ-τα: Doric dialect genitive singular feminine τούτας [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc, the latter is uncertain in [Refs 5th c.BC+], as genitive singular neuter οὕτω [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; accusative singular feminine οὕταν [Refs 6th c.BC+] —In _Attic dialect_ οὗτος was frequently strengthened by the _demonstrative_ -ί, οὑτοσί, αὑτηί, τουτί, _genitive_ τουτουί, _dative_ τουτῳί, _accusative_ τουτονί; plural nominative οὑτοιί, neuter ταυτί, etc, this man here: sometimes a Particle is inserted between the pronoun and -ί, as αὑτηγί for αὑτηί γε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τουτογί for τουτί γε, [Refs]; ταυταγί for ταυτί γε, [Refs]; τουτοδί for τουτὶ δέ, [Refs]; τουτουμενί for τουτουὶ μέν, [Refs] —In codices the ν ἐφελκυστικόν is sometimes added in the forms οὑτοσίν, οὑτωσίν, and οὑτοσίν is said to be Attic dialect by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. [This ι is always long, and a long vowel or diphthong before it becomes short, as αὑτη?~Xί, τουτω?~Xί, οὑτοῐί, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) USAGE in regard to CONCOR[Refs 4th c.BC+] is frequently used as a pronoun substantive: hence neuter is followed by genitive, κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀκροπόλιος [Refs 5th c.BC+] adjective, in which case its substantive commonly takes the Article, οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ or ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος.—But the Article is absent, B.1) always in Epic dialect Poets (except [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes also in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) sometimes when the Noun is so specified that the Article is not needed, ἐς γῆν ταύτην, ἥντινα νῦν Σκύθαι νέμονται [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) when οὗτος is used in local sense, here, see below with [Refs] B.4) when the Noun with which οὗτος agrees stands as its Predicate, αὕτη γὰρ ἦν σοι πρόφασις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δικαστοῦ αὕτη ἀρετή [ἐστι] [Refs 5th c.BC+] these were the grievances which already existed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταύτην φήμην παρέδοσαν this was the report which, [Refs 5th c.BC+] this was notably the greatest movement which, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.5) when 3rd pers. is used for 2nd pers. to express contempt, οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὑτοσὶ ἀνήρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) though οὗτος usually agrees with the Noun that serves as Predicate, it is not rare to find it in the neuter, μανία δὲ καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐστί [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and in plural, οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ἀρχή [Refs 4th c.BC+]: so with an explanatory clause added, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὁ συκοφάντης, αἰτιᾶσθαι μὲν πάντα ἐξελέγξαι δὲ μηδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II.2) so also with a Noun in apposition, τούτοισιν μὲν ταῦτα μέλει, κίθαρις καὶ ἀοιδή [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.3) the neuter also may refer to a masculine or feminine Noun, καρπὸν φορέει κυάμῳ ἴσον: τοῦτο ἐπεὰν γένηται πέπον κτλ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.4) the neuter is also used of classes of persons, μελιτοπῶλαι καὶ τυροπῶλαι: τοῦτο δ᾽ εἰς ἕν ἐστι συγκεκυφός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or of an abstract fact, οὐκ Ἰοφῶν ζ;—τοῦτο γάρ τοι καὶ μόνον ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ λοιπὸν ἀγαθόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) with Prons, B.III.1) personal, οὗτος σύ, in local sense, see below B.III.2) interrogative, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξα; what is this that? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποίοισι τούτοι; for ποῖά ἐστι ταῦτα οἷς [ἔχεις ἐλπίδα]; [Refs]; Νέστορ᾽ ἔρειο ὅν τινα τοῦτον ἄγει whom he brings here, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.3) with οἷος, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.4) possessive, πατὴρ σὸς οὗτος this father of thine, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5) demonstrative, οὗτος ἐκεῖνος, τὸν σὺ ζητέεις, where ἐκεῖνος is the Predicate, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν ἄνδρα this same man, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5.b) exceptionally, Διφίλου οὗτος ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶ τύπος [Refs] B.III.6) ἄλλος τις οὗτος ἀνέστη another man here, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.IV) with Numerals, τέθνηκε ταῦτα τρία ἔτη these three years, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [στρατείαν] ἑνδέκατον μῆνα τουτονὶ ποιεῖται for these eleven months, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) SIGNIFICATION AND SPECIAL IDIOMS: C.I) this, to designate the nearer, opposed to ἐκεῖνος, that, the more remote, ταῦτα, like τὰ ἐνταῦθα, things round and about us, earthly things, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ὅδε [near the start]: but οὗτος sometimes indicates that which is not really nearest, but most important, δεῖ. τὸ βέλτιστον ἀεί, μὴ τὸ ῥᾷστον λέγειν: ἐπὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ βαδιεῖται, ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ κτλ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.2) when, of two things, one precedes and the other follows, ὅδε properly refers to what follows, οὗτος to what precedes, οὐκ ἔστι σοι ταῦτ᾽, ἀλλά σοι τάδ᾽ ἔστι [Refs 5th c.BC+] refers to what follows, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔκουν. τοῦτο γιγνώσκεις, ὅτι; [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.3) οὗτος is used emphatic, generally in contempt, while ἐκεῖνος denotes praise, ὁ πάντ᾽ ἄναλκις οὗτος, i.e. Aegisthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+] of Philip; but οὗτος is used of Philip, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.3.b) of what is familiar, τούτους τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας, of the Persians, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ θυλακῶδες τοῦτο the familiar bag-like thing, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.4) in Attic dialect law-language, οὗτος is commonly applied to the opponent, whether plaintiff (as in [Refs 4th c.BC+] or defendant (as in [Refs]; so, in the political speeches of [Refs 4th c.BC+] are the opposite party, [Refs], etc; but in the forensic speeches, οὗτοι frequently means the judges, the court, [Refs] C.I.5) much like an adverb, in local sense (compare ὅδε [near the start]), τίς δ᾽ οὗτος κατὰ νῆας. ἔρχεα; who art thou here that comest? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently in Attic dialect, τίς οὑτοσ; who's this here? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολλὰ ὁρῶ ταῦτα πρόβατα I see many sheep here, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ho you! you there! [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with a proper name, ὦ οὗτος, Αἴας [Refs 5th c.BC+] —This phrase mostly implies anger, impatience, or scorn. C.II) simply as antecedent to ὅς, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III) = τοιοῦτος, οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV) after a parenthesis, the Subject, though already named, is frequently emphatic repeated by οὗτος, οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Ἀριστέης, οὐδὲ οὗτος προσωτέρω. ἔφησε ἀπικέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.V) καὶ οὗτος is added to heighten the force of a previous word, ξυνεστῶτες. ναυτικῷ ἀγῶνι, καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see infr. VIII.2. C.VI) repeated, where for the second we should merely say he or it, τοῖσιν τούτου τοῦτον μέλεσιν. κελαδοῦντες [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII) ταῦτα is used in some special phrases, C.VII.1) ταῦτ᾽, ὦ δέσποτα yes Sir (i. e. ἔστι ταῦτα, ταῦτα δράσω, etc.), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so also ἦν ταῦτα even so, true, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.2) ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ὑπάρξει so it shall be, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.3) καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα so much for that, frequently in Attic dialect, as [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.4) ταῦτα at end of a formula in epitaphs, etc, probably short for ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει or ὁ βίος ταῦτά ἐστιν, e.g. οὐδὶς (= -εὶς) ἀθάνατος: ταῦτα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.VIII) Adverbial usages: C.VIII.1) ταῦταabsolutely, therefore, that is why, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἥκω, ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] is rare in this sense, τοῦτ᾽ ἀφικόμην, ὅπως. εὖ πράξαιμί τι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο just because of this, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.1.b) πρὸς ταῦτα so then, therefore, properly used in indignant defiance, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.2) καὶ ταῦτα, adding a circumstance heightening the force of what has been said, and that, ἄνδρα γενναῖον θανεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς γυναικός [Refs 4th c.BC+]: but mostly with a participle, ὅς γ᾽ ἐξέλυσας ἄστυ, καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or with a participle omitted, ἥτις. τὴν τεκοῦσαν ὕβρισεν, καὶ ταῦτα τηλικοῦτος (i.e. οὖσα) [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.2.b) καὶ ταῦτα anyhow, no matter what happens (or happened), ἐπεχείρησας, οὐδὲν ὢν καὶ ταῦτα you tried, but were no good anyhow, i.e. try as you might, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.VIII.3) τοῦτο μέν, τοῦτο δέ. on the one hand, on the other, partly, partly, very frequently in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτο μέν is sometimes answered by δέ only,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; by δὲ αὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by ἔπειτα δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by ἀλλά, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; by εἶτα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by τοῦτ᾽ αὖθις, [Refs] C.VIII.4) dative feminine ταύτῃ, C.VIII.4.a) on this spot, here, ταύτῃ μὲν, τῇδε δ᾽ αὖ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.4.b) in this point, herein, μηδὲν ταύτῃ γε κομήσῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.4.c) in this way, thus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to ὅπῃ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταύτῃ καλεῖσθαι, etc, like οὕτω κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.5) ἐκ τούτου or τούτων thereupon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; therefore, [Refs] C.VIII.6) ἐν τούτῳ in that case, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.6.b) in the meantime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.7) πρὸς τούτοις (-οισι) besides, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
οὗτος
Transliteration:
hoûtos
Pronounciation:
how'-tahee
Language:
Greek
about
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὡσεί
Greek:
ὡσεὶ
Transliteration:
hōsei
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
like/as/about
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὡσεί
Transliteration:
hōsei
Gloss:
like/as/about
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ὡσεί adv., (a) as if.as it were, like as, like: Mat.3:16 9:36, Act.2:3 6:15, Rom.6:13, Heb.1:12; γίνεσθαι (φαίνεσθαι) ὡσεί, Mrk.9:26, Luk.22:44 ([WH] R, mg, om.), Luk.24:11; (b) in calculation, and with numbers, about: Mat.14:21, Luk.3:23 9:14, 28 22:41, 59 23:44, Act.2:41 10:3 19:7; ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν, Luk.22:41. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὡσεί
Transliteration:
hōsei
Gloss:
like/as/about
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ὡσεί or ὡς εἰ, adverb as if, as though; with various moods: I) with optative, ἴσαν, ὡς εἴ τε πυρὶ χθὼν πᾶσα νέμοιτο [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2) ὡσεί τε with subjunctive, ἐρίλησ᾽ ὡς εἴ τε πατὴρ ὃν παῖδα φιλήσῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.3) ὡς εἰ or ὡς εἴ τε, with indicative, ἕπονθ᾽ ὡς εἴ τε μετὰ κτίλον ἕσπετο μῆλα [Refs 8th c.BC+] II) in comparisons, like, just as, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: with participle, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with verb supplied, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡσεί περ with participle, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡς εἴ πέρ τε with a noun, [Refs] II.2) ὡς εἴτε as it were, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) with Numerals, or measures of time and space, about, ὡσεὶ τριήκοντα σταδίων μάλιστά κῃ [NT+5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ὡσεί
Transliteration:
hōseí
Pronounciation:
ho-si'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adverb
days
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἡμέρα
Greek:
ἡμέραι
Transliteration:
hēmerai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
day
Morphhology:
Noun Nominative Plural Feminine
Grammar:
female PEOPLE OR THINGS that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
days
Tyndale
Word:
ἡμέρα
Transliteration:
hēmera
Gloss:
day
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; 1) as distinct from night: genitive ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Rev.21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ̔ἡ.), Act.9:24, 1Th.2:9, 2Th.3:8, Rev.4:8 (BL, §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Act.26:13; accusative durat, τ. ἡμέρας, Luk.21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ, Rom.8:36; ἐν ἡμέρα, Jhn.11:9, Rom.13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Luk.2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Luk.9:12, al; metaphorically, Jhn.9:4, Rom.13:12, 1Th.5:4, 5 8, 2Pe.1:19. 2) Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mat.6:34, Mrk.6:21, Luk.13:14, al; τρίτῃ ἡ, Mat.16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיוֹם, Est.3:4), 2Co.4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ, Rom.8:36 10:21; pl, Jhn.2:12, Act.9:19, al; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Act.12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Luk.13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ, Rev.1:10. 3) In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. (ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mat.7:22, Luk.6:23, Rom.13:12, 1Co.1:8, 1Th.5:2, 2Th.2:2, 2Pe.3:10, al; by meton, as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, 1Co.4:3 (EV, man's judgment). 4) As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl, §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jhn.8:56 14:20, 2Co.6:2, Eph.6:13, 2Pe.3:18; pl. Act.15:7, Eph.5:16, Heb.10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, Deu.4:40, al; MM, Exp., xv), Mat.28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mat.9:15, Mrk.2:20, Luk.5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ, with genitive of person(s) (Gen.26:1, al.), Mat.2:1, Luk.1:5, Act.7:45, 1Pe.3:20; ἀρχ̀ ἡμερῶν, Heb.7:3. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἡμέρα
Transliteration:
hēmera
Gloss:
day
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
ἡμέρα, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect ἡμέρη [Refs], Doric dialect ἀμέρα [Refs 8th c.BC+], Locrian dialect ἀμάρα [Refs] (aspirated perhaps only in Attic dialect and West Ionic dialect, compare ἐπάμερος [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; usually unaspirated in early Attic dialect Inscrr, [Refs]; aspirated in codices even in dialects: original ἀμέρα probably took aspirate from ἑσπέρα): ἡ:—day, less frequently than ἦμαρ in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τίς νύ μοι ἡ. ἥδ; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μῆνές τε καὶ ἡ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἡ σήμερον ἡ, see at {σήμερον· ἅμα ἡμέρᾳ} or ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ at daybreak, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ. διέλαμψεν, ἐξέλαμψεν, ὑπέφαινε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ἡ. ὀψέ late in the day, [Refs] 2) sometimes like Epic dialect ἦμαρ, with adjectives to describe a state or time of life, ἐπίπονος ἁ. a life of misery, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λυπρὰν ἄγειν ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐχθρὰ ἡ. [Refs]; παλαιὰ ἁ. old age, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τερμία ἁ. [Refs]; αἱ μακραὶ ἁμέραι length of days, [Refs]; νέα ἁ. youth, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so τῇ πρώτῃ ἡ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ τῇ τελευταίᾳ ἡ. at the close of life,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζοὴν βλέπουσιν ἡ. look life-like, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] 3) poetry for time, ἡ. κλίνει τε κἀνάγει πάλιν ἅπαντα τἀνθρώπεια [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the days of, [LXX]; ἡ. ἀρχαῖαι[LXX] 4) birthday, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] 5) a fixed day, τακτὴ ἡ. [NT]; ῥητὴ ἡ. [NT+1st c.BC+] a human tribunal, [NT] 6) in plural, age, προβεβηκὼς ἐν ταῖς ἡ. [LXX+NT] II) absolutely usages, II.1) genitive, τριῶν ἡμερέων within three days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμερῶν ὀλίγων within a few days, [Refs]; ἄλλης ἡ. another day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς αὐτῆς ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμέρας by day, opposed to νυκτός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς. τῆς ἡ. ἄρτους δ ¯ daily, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; δὶς τῆς ἡμέρης ἑκάστης twice every day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δίς τῆς ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πεντάκις τῆς ἡ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κατεσθίω. τῆς ἡ. πένθ᾽ ἡμιμέδιμνα five every day, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) _dative_, τῇδε θἠμέρᾳ,= σήμερον, (5th c.BC: Sophocles Tragicus “Oedipus Tyrannus” 1283; τῇ τόθ᾽ ἡ [prev. author] “El.” 1134. II.3) _accusative_, πᾶσαν ἡ. any day, i.e. soon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν μὲν αὐτίχ᾽ ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅλην τὴν ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρίτην ἡ. ἥκων two days after one's arrival, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πέντε ἡμέρας during five days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς ἡ. in the daytime, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν ἡ. daily, [LXX] III) with Preps, μίαν ἀν᾽ ἁμέραν on one day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνὰ πᾶσαν ἡ. every day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀφ᾽ ἡμέρας τῆς νῦν from this day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but ἀφ᾽ ἡμέρας γίνεσθαι ἐν τῷ Μουσείῳ from early in the day, [Refs 2nd c.BC+], the whole day long, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διὰ τρίτης ἡ. every other day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διὰ πολλῶν ἡ. at a distance of many days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰσ ἡμέραν yearly, [LXX]; ἐν ἡμέρῃ in a single day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῇδ᾽ ἐν ἡ. [Refs]; ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡ. [NT]; ἐν ἑστέραισιν ἡ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀκτὼ ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but ἐν τρισὶν ἡ. within three days, [NT]; ἐξ ἡμέρας by day, οὔτε νυκτὸς οὔτ᾽ ἐξ ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day, [NT+4th c.AD+]; ἐπ᾽ ἡμέρην ἔχειν, ἐφ᾽ -ραν χρῆσθαι, sufficient for the day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but τοὐφ᾽ ἡμέραν day by day, [Refs] every day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ ἡμέραν by day, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ ἡ. τὴν νῦν to-day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but καθ᾽ ἡ. commonly means day by day, [Refs]; καθ᾽ ἡ. ἀεί [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ καθ᾽ ἡ. every day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετ᾽ ἡμέρην in broad daylight, opposed to νυκτός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to νύκτωρ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας some days after, [LXX]; ἡμέρα παρ᾽ ἡμέραν γιγνομένη day following on day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but παρ᾽ ἡμέραν every other day, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; πρὸ ἡμέρας before day-break, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but πρὸ ἀμερᾶν δέκα ἤ κα μέλλωντι ἀναγινώσκεν [Refs]; πρὸ ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ εἰδυῶν Ὀκτωμβρίων [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; γίγνεται, ἔστι πρὸς ἡμέραν, towards day, near day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, for the day, daily, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV) as proper name, the goddess of day, [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV.2) see at {ἥμερος} [Refs]
Strongs
Word:
ἡμέρα
Transliteration:
hēméra
Pronounciation:
hay-mer'-ah
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
Definition:
day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context); age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years; feminine (with g5610 (ὥρα) implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of g1476 (ἑδραῖος)) meaning tame, i.e. gentle
eight,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὀκτώ
Greek:
ὀκτώ,
Transliteration:
oktō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
eight
Morphhology:
Adjective Indeclinable Numeral
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a number
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὀκτώ
Transliteration:
oktō
Gloss:
eight
Morphhology:
Greek Number (Indeclinable)
Definition:
ὀκτώ, οἱ, αἱ, τά indecl, eight: Luk.2:21, Jhn.5:5, al (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὀκτώ
Transliteration:
oktō
Gloss:
eight
Morphhology:
Greek Number (Indeclinable)
Definition:
ὀκτώ, Boeotian dialect ὀκτό [Refs 3rd c.BC+], Heraclean hοκτώ [Refs], Elean ὀπτώ [Refs 5th c.BC+]:— indeclinable, eight, [Refs 8th c.BC+] H. (Cf. Sanskrit a[snull][tnull]ā´ a[snull][tnull]áu, Latin octo, Gothic ahtau, etc.)
Strongs
Word:
ὀκτώ
Transliteration:
oktṓ
Pronounciation:
ok-to'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun
Definition:
"eight"; eight; a primary numeral
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
having taken
Strongs:
Lexicon:
παραλαμβάνω
Greek:
παραλαβὼν
Transliteration:
paralabōn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to take
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Active Participle Nominative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
an ACTION that was happening - done by a male person or thing that is doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
παραλαμβάνω
Transliteration:
paralambanō
Gloss:
to take
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
παρα-λαμβάνω [in LXX chiefly for לָקַח, also for יָרַשׁ, etc;] 1) with accusative of thing(s), like παραδέχομαι, correl. to παραδίδωμι, to receive from another: Col.4:17, Heb.12:28; of the mind, 1Co.11:23 15:1 15:3, Gal.1:9, Php.4:9; with inf, Mrk.7:4; before παρά, with gem, Gal.1:12, 1Th.2:13 4:1, 2Th.3:6; τ. Χριστόν (Lft, in l), Col.2:6. 2) C. accusative of person(s), to take to or with oneself: Mat.2:13-14, 20-21 17:1 26:37, Mrk.4:36 5:40 9:2 10:32, Luk.9:10, 28 11:26 18:31 19:16, Act.15:39 23:18; γυναῖκα, Mat.1:20, 24; μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, Mat.12:45 18:16, Mrk.14:33; before εἰς, Mat.4:5, 8 27:27; κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, Mat.20:17; mid, before πρὸς ἐμαυτόν, Jhn.14:3; pass, Mat.24:40-41, Luk.17:34-36; ptcp, prefixed to other verbs (Bl, § 74, 2), Act.16:33 21:24, 26 21:32; metaphorically, Jhn.1:11. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
παραλαμβάνω
Transliteration:
paralambanō
Gloss:
to take
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
παραλαμβάνω (Cretan dialect παλλαμβάνω [Refs 3rd c.BC+]future -λήψομαι, Ionic dialect -λάμψομαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]:—receive from another, especially of persons succeeding to an office, etc, [τὴν βασιληΐην] Hdt.[same place],[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς παραλαμβάνουσι (i.e. τὴν βασιλείαν) the successors, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νόμον ὄντα παραλαβόντες, opposed to θέντες, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of inherited rites or customs, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of persons succeeding by inheritance, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς πολλὴν οὐσίαν π. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to ἐπικτᾶσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἀράς inherit curses, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of officers, receive things as stated in an inventory from their predecessors, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Astrology texts, take over, [χρονοκρατορίαν] [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: generally, receive, ἔρια παραλαβοῦσα ἱμάτιον ἀποδεῖξαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of cargo, [Refs 1st c.AD+] 2) take upon oneself, undertake, πρᾶγμά τι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ παραλαμβανόμενα undertakings, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; take to oneself, admit, employ, π. ἐν ταῖς μάχαις τὸν θυμόν [Refs 1st c.AD+] —passive, π. πρὸς τὴν σύστασιν τῆς ψυχῆς[Refs] 3) take in pledge, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; take by force or treachery, seize, οὐδὲν ἐδυνέατο π. τῆς ἐσόδου [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὰ πράγματα get control of affairs, [Refs 1st c.AD+]:—in middle, lay hold of, ἄκρων τῶν χειρῶν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 4) receive by hearing or report, ascertain, παρὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; receive by way of lesson, σοφίαν παρά τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, to be received, accepted, τὰ παρειλημμένα the received or traditionary doctrines, [Refs 4th c.BC+] 5) take, receive, or use as a substitute or equivalent, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ νοῦ π. [Refs]:—passive, ὑμέτερον ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑμεῖς παρείληπται [Refs 1st c.BC+] 5.b) Grammars and in Medicine texts, simply, use, employ, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; θλῖψιν, βοηθήματα, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—frequently in passive, to be found, used, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; π. ἐκ κοινοῦ, δεικτικῶς,[Refs] 5.c) admit, ἡ ὅλη ὑπόθεσις τὸ ἓν εἶναι παρελάμβανεν [Refs 5th c.AD+] 6) take up, catch up, τὸ οὔνομα τοῦτο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἐπὶ βραχύ give a résumé of, [Refs] 7) compare, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] 8) passive, to be derived, ἔκ τινος variant in [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) with accusative person, take to oneself, associate with oneself, as a wife or mistress, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; as an adopted son, [Refs]; as a partner, auxiliary, or ally,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; συμβούλους π. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; get control of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μάρτυρας π. call in witnesses, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: c.infinitive, τὴν αἴσθησιν ὑπουργεῖν [Refs 4th c.AD+] II.2) invite, ἐπὶ ξείνια [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παραληφθῆναι πρός τινα Parmenisc. cited in [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.3) receive, take over in succession, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) take prisoner, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] II.5) of the dead, παραλημφθεὶς ὑπὸ θεῶν καταχθονίων [Refs]
Strongs
Word:
παραλαμβάνω
Transliteration:
paralambánō
Pronounciation:
par-al-am-ban'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὸν
Transliteration:
ton
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC male person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=k] Minor not translated from KJV sources, absent in Nestlé-Aland and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
Peter
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Πέτρος
Greek:
Πέτρον
Transliteration:
Petron
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Masculine Individual
Grammar:
a male PERSON that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
Peter @ Mat.4.18
Tyndale
Word:
Πέτρος
Transliteration:
Petros
Gloss:
Peter
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
Πέτρος, -ου, ὁ (i.e. a stone, see: πέτρα, Κηφᾶς), Simon Peter, the Apostle: Mat.4:18 10:2, Mrk.3:16, Luk.5:8, Jhn.1:41, 43, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Πέτρος
Transliteration:
Petros
Gloss:
Peter
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
πέτρος, ὁ (in later Poets ἡ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+], stone (distinguished from πέτρα, which see); in [Refs 8th c.BC+], used by warriors, λάζετο πέτρον μάρμαρον ὀκριόεντα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν πέτροισι πέτρον ἐκτρίβων, to produce fire, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a boulder forming a landmark, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] 2) proverbial, πάντα κινῆσαι πέτρον 'leave no stone unturned', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of imperturbability, καὶ γὰρ ἂν πέτρου φύσιν σύ γ᾽ ὀργάνειας [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) a kind of reed, [Refs] —The usual Prose word is λίθος.
Strongs > g4074
Word:
Πέτρος
Transliteration:
Pétros
Pronounciation:
pet'-ros
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
a (piece of) rock (larger than g3037 (λίθος)); as a name, Petrus, an apostle; Peter, rock; apparently a primary word
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
John
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Ἰωάννης
Greek:
Ἰωάννην
Transliteration:
Iōannēn
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Masculine Individual
Grammar:
a male PERSON that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Other Spelling:
WH: Ἰωάνην;
Additional:
John @ Mat.4.21
Tyndale
Word:
Ἰωάννης
Transliteration:
Iōannēs
Gloss:
John
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
Ἰωάνης (Rec. ννης, which see; cf. Dalman, Gr., 142; Tdf, Pr., 79; WH, App., 159; Bl, §3, 10; 10, 2), -ου, dative, -ῃ (but in Mat.11:4. Luk.7:18, 22 Rev.1:1, ει), accusative, -ην, ὁ (Heb. יוֹחָנָן, LXX: Ἰωανάν, 2Ch.23:1, al; -ννάν, Je 47 (40):8, al, Aq.), Hellenized form of Ἰωανάν, John (I Est.8:38 (41)*), viz, 1) John the Baptist: Mat.3:1, al. 2) John the Apostle, son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, Luk.5:10, Act.1:13, al. 3) The father of St. Peter: Jhn.1:43 21:15-17. 4) John surnamed Mark: Act.12:12, 25 13:5, 13 15:37. 5) The writer of the Apocalypse, traditionally identified with 2: Rev.1:1, 4 9. Ἰωάννης (D, Ἰωνάθας; see MM, Exp., XV; Bl, §10, 2), ὁ, John: Act.4:6 13:5, Tr, WH, Rev.22:8 (cf. Ἰωάνης). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Ἰωάννης
Transliteration:
Iōannēs
Gloss:
John
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
Ἰωάνης (Rec. ννης, which see; cf. Dalman, Gr., 142; Tdf, Pr., 79; WH, App., 159; Bl, §3, 10; 10, 2), -ου, dative, -ῃ (but in Mat.11:4. Luk.7:18, 22 Rev.1:1, ει), accusative, -ην, ὁ (Heb. יוֹחָנָן, LXX: Ἰωανάν, 2Ch.23:1, al; -ννάν, Je 47 (40):8, al, Aq.), Hellenized form of Ἰωανάν, John (I Est.8:38 (41)*), viz, 1) John the Baptist: Mat.3:1, al. 2) John the Apostle, son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, Luk.5:10, Act.1:13, al. 3) The father of St. Peter: Jhn.1:43 21:15-17. 4) John surnamed Mark: Act.12:12, 25 13:5, 13 15:37. 5) The writer of the Apocalypse, traditionally identified with 2: Rev.1:1, 4 9. Ἰωάννης (D, Ἰωνάθας; see MM, Exp., XV; Bl, §10, 2), ὁ, John: Act.4:6 13:5, Tr, WH, Rev.22:8 (cf. Ἰωάνης). (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)
Strongs > g2491
Word:
Ἰωάννης
Transliteration:
Iōánnēs
Pronounciation:
ee-o-an'-nace
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites; John; of Hebrew origin (h3110)
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
James
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Ἰάκωβος
Greek:
Ἰάκωβον
Transliteration:
Iakōbon
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Masculine Individual
Grammar:
a male PERSON that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
James @ Mat.4.21
Tyndale
Word:
Ἰάκωβος
Transliteration:
Iakōbos
Gloss:
James
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
Ἰάκωβος, -ου, ὁ (Heb, see previous word) James; 1) Son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, 29, Act.1:13 12:2, al. 2) Son of Alphæus: Mat.10:3, Mrk.2:14, al; commonly identified with Ἰ. ὁ μικρός, James the little, son of Mary (see: Μαρία, 3; Κλωπᾶς), Mat.27:56, Mrk.15:40 16:1 (cf. Jhn.19:25). 3) The Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3, Act.12:17, al, 1Co.15:7 (probably), Gal.1:19 2:9, 12, Jas.1:1, Ju 1. 4) The father of the apostle, Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου: Luk.6:16, Act.1:13 (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Ἰάκωβος
Transliteration:
Iakōbos
Gloss:
James
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
Ἰάκωβος, -ου, ὁ (Heb, see previous word) James; 1) Son of Zebedee: Mat.4:21, Mrk.1:19, 29, Act.1:13 12:2, al. 2) Son of Alphæus: Mat.10:3, Mrk.2:14, al; commonly identified with Ἰ. ὁ μικρός, James the little, son of Mary (see: Μαρία, 3; Κλωπᾶς), Mat.27:56, Mrk.15:40 16:1 (cf. Jhn.19:25). 3) The Lord's brother (see: ἀδελφός): Mat.13:55, Mrk.6:3, Act.12:17, al, 1Co.15:7 (probably), Gal.1:19 2:9, 12, Jas.1:1, Ju 1. 4) The father of the apostle, Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου: Luk.6:16, Act.1:13 (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)
Strongs > g2385
Word:
Ἰάκωβος
Transliteration:
Iákōbos
Pronounciation:
ee-ak'-o-bos
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
Jacobus, the name of three Israelites; James; the same as g2384 (Ἰακώβ) Græcized
He went up
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀναβαίνω
Greek:
ἀνέβη
Transliteration:
anebē
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to ascend
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Active Indicative 3rd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that happened - by a person or thing being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀναβαίνω
Transliteration:
anabainō
Gloss:
to ascend
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἀναβαίνω [in LXX chiefly for עָלָה;] to go up, ascend, (a) of persons: ἐπί συκομωρέαν, Luk.19:4; εἰς τ. πλοῖον, Mrk.6:51; εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, Mat.20:17; εἰς τ. ἱερόν, with inf. (M, Pr., 205), Luk.18:10; with mention of place of departure, Mat.3:16 (ἀπό), Act.8:39 (ἐκ); (b) of things, to rise, spring up, come up: a fish, Mat.17:27; smoke, Rev.8:4; plants growing, Mat.13:7; metaphorically, of things coming up in one's mind (as Heb. לֵב אֵל עָלָה; 4Ki.12:4, al.), Luk.24:38, 1Co.2:9; of prayers, Act.10:4; messages, Act.21:31 (for late exx, see MM, VGT, see word) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀναβαίνω
Transliteration:
anabainō
Gloss:
to ascend
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἀναβαίνω, imperfect ἀνέβαινον: future -βήσομαι: (for aorist 1 see infr. B): aorist 2 ἀνέβην, imperative ἀνάβηθι, -βῶ, -βῆναι, -βάς: perfect -βέβηκα:— middle, aorist 1 -εβησάμην, Epic dialect 3rd.pers.singular -εβήσετο, see infr. B:—passive, see below 11.2:— go up, mount, with accusative loci, οὐρανόν, ὑπερώϊα ἀ. go up to heaven, to the upper rooms, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φάτις ἀνθρώπους ἀναβαίνει goes up among, [Refs]; more frequently with preposition, ἀ. εἰς ἐλάτην, ἐς δίφρον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; rarely with ἀνά repeated, ἀν᾽ ὀρσοθύρην ἀ.[Refs 8th c.BC+] to trample on the dead, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II) Special usages: II.1) mount a ship, go on board, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] mostly absolutely; ἐς Τροίην ἀ. embark for Troy, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I will mount a prow, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) mount on horse-back (compare ἀναβάτης), ἀ. ἐφ᾽ ἵππον[Refs 5th c.BC+] mounted; ἀναβάντες (absolutely) ἐφ᾽ ἵππων ἐλάσαι[Refs]; ἀ. ἐπὶ τροχόν mount on the wheel of torture, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2.b) with accusative, ἀ. ἵππον mount a horse, [Refs 4th c.BC+] —passive, [ἵππος] ὁ μήπω ἀναβαινόμενος that has not yet been mounted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβαθείς when mounted,[Refs] II.3) of land-journeys, go up from the coast into Central Asia, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.b) go up to a temple, [NT]; to a town, [NT+3rd c.AD+]; in curses, ἀ. παρὰ Δάματρα πεπρημένος[Refs] II.3.c) ascend to heaven, [Refs] II.4) of rivers in flood, rise, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. ἐς τὰς ἀρούρας overflow the fields, [Refs] II.5) of plants, shoot up, ἐπὶ δένδρα[Refs 5th c.BC+]; climb on sticks, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; generally, shoot, spring up, [NT]; of hair, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6) in Attic dialect, ἀ. ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα, or ἀ. alone, mount the tribune, rise to speak, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀ. εἰς τὸ πλῆθος, εἰς or ἐπὶ τὸ δικαστήριον come before the people, before the court, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. ἐπὶ τὸν ὀκρίβαντα mount the stage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of witnesses in court, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.7) of the male, mount, cover, ἀ. τὰς θηλέας[Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, [Refs 6th c.BC+] II.8) of age, δύο ἀναβεβηκὼς ἔτη τῆς ἡλικίας τῆς ἐμῆς two years older, Ach. Tat.1.7. II.9) ascend to higher knowledge, ἡ ἀναβεβηκυῖα ἐπιστήμη[Refs 6th c.AD+]generalities, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.10) with accusative, surpass, κάλλει τὴν πᾶσαν διακόσμησιν[Refs 6th c.AD+] III) of things and events, come to an end, turn out, [Refs 5th c.BC+]result from, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.b) ἀ. ἐπὶ καρδίαν enter into one's heart, of thoughts, [LXX+NT] III.2) come to, pass over to, ἐς Αεωνίδην ἀνέβαινεν ἡ βασιληΐη[Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) return to the beginning, of discourse, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; go back, ἀναβήσεται ἐπὶ τὰς κτίσεις τῶν προγόνων[Refs 2nd c.AD+] B) aorist ἀνέβησα in causal sense, make to go up, especially put on shipboard, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in aorist middle, νὼ ἀναβησάμενοι having taken us on board with them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] he mounted men on camels, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἀναβαίνω
Transliteration:
anabaínō
Pronounciation:
an-ab-ah'-ee-no
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
on
Strongs:
Greek:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
εἰς, prep. with accusative, expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, with accusative). I. Of place. 1) After verbs of motion; (a) of entrance into: Mat.8:23, 9:7, Mrk.1:45, Luk.2:15, 8:31, al; (b) of approach, to or towards: Mrk.11:1, Luk.6:8, 19:28, Jhn.11:31, 21:6, al; (with) before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mrk.4:7, 8:19, 20, Luk.11:49, Jhn.21:23, al; (d) Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mat.8:18, 21:1, Mrk.11:1, 13:16, Luk.14:10, Jhn.6:3, 11:32, al; with accusative of person(s) (as in Ep. and Ion.), Act.23:15, Rom.5:12, 16:19, 2Co.10:14; (e) elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Act.9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ, Rom.15:31; metaphorically, of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. 2) Of direction; (a) after verbs of seeing: Mat.6:26, Mrk.6:41, Luk.9:16, 62, Jhn.13:22, al; metaphorically, of the mind, Heb.11:26, 12:2, al; (b) after verbs of speaking: Mat.13:10, 14:9, 1Th.2:9, al. 3) After verbs of rest; (a) in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl; see WM, 516; Bl, §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mat.2:23, 4:13, 2Th.2:4, 2Ti.1:11, Heb.11:9, al; (b) by an assimilation general in late Gk (see Bl, M, Pr., ll. with) = ἐν: Luk.1:44, 4:23, Act.20:16, 21:17, Jhn.1:18 (but see Westc, in l.), al. II. Of time, for, unto; 1) accentuating the duration expressed by the accusative: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mat.21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ, Luk.1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, Heb.7:3, al. 2) Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mat.6:34, Act.4:3, 25:21, Php.1:10, 2:16, 1Th.4:15, 2Ti.1:12; of entrance into a future period, σεις τὸ μέλλον (see: μέλλω), next (year), Luk.13:9 (but with ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Act.13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (see: πάλιν, 2Co.13:2. III. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc: στρέφειν εἰς, Rev.11:6; μετας, Act.2:20, Jas.4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Rom.1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mat.27:51, al; predicatively with εἴναι, Act.8:23. IV. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl, but more frequently in late Gk, εἰς encroaching on the simple dative, which it has wholly displaced in MGr; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss, BS, 117f.): Luk.7:30, Rom.4:20, 15:2, 26, 1Co.16:1, Eph.3:16, al; ἀγάπη εἰς, Rom.5:8, al; χρηστός, Eph.4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Rom.12:16; θαρρεῖν, 2Co.10:1. V. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Luk.14:34; σόφος, Rom.16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mat.5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, al; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Rom.1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Rom.8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Rom.3:25; εἰς τό, with inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl, §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mat.20:19, Rom.1:11, 1Co.9:18, al. VI. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (see: τέλος, πάλιν, etc.). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν εἰς or ἐς, PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY:—both forms are found in [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect poets, and early metrical Inscrr; ἐς is best attested in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and is found in nearly all early Ionic dialect Inscrr. (except [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and usually in Attic dialect Prose (except [Refs 5th c.BC+] is used before vowels for the sake of meter; ἐς was retained in the phrases ἐς κόρακας (whence the Verb σκορακίζω), ἐς μακαρίαν. Aeolic dialect poets have εἰς before vowels, ἐς before consonants, and this is given as the rule in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare ἐν, ἰν. The diphthong is genuine in Aeolic dialect εἰς, but spurious in Attic dialect-Ionic dialect) Radical sense into, and then more loosely, to: I) OF PLACE, the oldest and commonest usage, εἰς ἅλα into or to the sea, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently of places, to, εἰς Εὔβοιαν [Refs]; ἐς Αἴγυπτον, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς Μίλητον into the territory of Miletus,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἅρματα βαίνειν to step into, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to ἐκ, in such phrases as ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, from heel to ankle-joint, from head to foot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κἠς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος from year to year, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: with Verbs implying motion or direction, as of looking, ἰδεῖν εἰς οὐρανόν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι to look in the face, [Refs], etc; εἰς ὦπα ἔοικεν he is like in face (i.e. ἰδόντι), [Refs], etc; ἐς ὀφθαλμούς τινος ἐλθεῖν to come before another's eyes,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ταὐτὸν ἥκειν come to the same point, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently after a substantive, ὁδὸς ἐς λαύρην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐς Παλλήνην τεῖχος facing Pallene, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.b) Epic dialect and Ionic dialect, also with accusative person (Attic dialect ὡς, πρός, παρά), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in Attic dialect with collective Nouns, ἐς τὸν δῆμον παρελθόντες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially of consulting an oracle, ἐς θεὸν ἐλθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) with Verbs expressing restin a place, when a previous motion into or to it is implied, ἐς μέγαρον κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ θρόνου he put it in the house (i.e. he brought it into the house, and put it there), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς θρόνους ἕζοντο they sat them down upon the seats, [Refs]; ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν the lion appeared in the path, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπόβασιν ποιήσασθαι ἐς. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later used like{ἐν}, τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε [LXX+1st c.BC+]: generally, τοὔνομα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, φασίν, Ἱππομιγὴς δύναται [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) with Verbs of saying or speaking, εἰς relates to the persons to or before whom one speaks, εἰπεῖν ἐς πάντας, ἐς πάντας αὔδα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with other Verbs, εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας σαυτὸν σοφιστὴν παρέχων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπαχθὴς ἦν ἐς τοὺς πολλούς [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) elliptical usages, I.4.a) after Verbs which have no sense of motion to or into a place, τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρόν they quitted the city for a strong position, i.e. to seek a strong position, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γράμματα ἑάλωσαν εἰς Ἀθήνας letters were captured [and sent] to Athens, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.b) participles signifying motion are frequently omitted with εἰς, τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τοῖς εἰς Σικελίαν (i.e. ἀποδειχθεῖσιν) [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.c) with genitive, mostly of proper names, as εἰς Ἀΐδαο, Attic dialect εἰς Ἅιδου [δόμους], [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς Ἀθηναίης [ἱερόν] to the temple of Athena, [Refs]; εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο [ῥόον] [Refs 8th c.BC+] to a rich man's house, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπειν εἰς διδασκάλων send to school, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς σεωυτοῦ, ἑωυτοῦ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) OF TIME, II.1) to denote a certain point or limit of time, up to, until, ἐς ἠῶ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα till sunset, [Refs]towards or near sunset,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ἐμέ up to my time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] against the time when, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς πότ; until when? how long? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τ; ={εἰς πότε}; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ὅ until, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) to determine a period, εἰς ἐνιαυτόν for a year, i.e. a whole year, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; within the year,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς θέρος ἢ ἐς ὀπώρην for the summer, i.e. throughout it, [Refs]; ἡ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν κειμένη δαπάνη εἰς τὸν μῆνα δαπανᾶται the expenditure for a year is expended in the month, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἑσπέραν ἥκειν to come at even, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν or εἰς τρίτην alone, on the third day, in two days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τέλος at last, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς καιρόν in season, [Refs]; οὐκ ἐς ἀναβολάς, ἀμβολάς, with no delay, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τότε at this time, variant in [Refs 8th c.BC+] at that time (in the future), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ὕστερον or τὸ ὕστερον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (; ἐς αὐτίκα μάλ᾽ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἔπειτα (see. εἰσέπειτα (; ἐς τὸ ἔ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἅπαξ, see at {εἰσάπα; εἰς ἔτι}, see at {εἰσέτι}. III) to express MEASURE OR LIMIT, without reference to Time, ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο was left behind as far as a quoit's throw, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς δραχμὴν διέδωκε paid them as much as a drachma, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἐς τὰ μάλιστα to the greatest degree, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ὅ ἐμέμνηντο so far as they remembered, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) frequently with Numerals, ἐς τριακάδας δέκα ναῶν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ναῦς ἐς τὰς τετρακοσίας, διακοσίας, to the number of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἕνα, εἰς δύο, εἰς τέσσαρας, one, two, four deep, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἰς τέσσαρας four abreast, [Refs 4th c.BC+] thrice, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of round numbers, about, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) distributive, εἰς φυλάς by tribes, [LXX] III.4) IV) to express RELATION, towards, in regard to, ἐξαμαρτεῖν εἰς θεούς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἁμάρτημα εἴς τινα, αἰτίαι ἐς ἀλλήλους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγειν ἐς. [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.b) of the subject of a work, especially in titles, e.g. τὰ ἐς Ἀπολλώνιον [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of the object of a dedication, as in titles of hymns, ἐπινίκια, etc. IV.2) in regard to, πρῶτος εἰς εὐψυχίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in respect of, εὐτυχεῖν ἐς τέκνα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα Th.I.I; εἰς ἄπαντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τό γ᾽ εἰς ἑαυτόν, τὸ εἰς ἐμέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for τελεῖν ἐς Ἕλληνας, Βοιωτούς, ἄνδρας, etc, see at {τελέω}. IV.3) of Manner, ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὸ πᾶν, ={πάντως}, [Refs]; ἐς τάχος, ={ταχέως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς εὐτέλειαν, ={εὐτελῶς}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) ofan end or limit, ἔρχεσθαι, τελευτᾶν, λήγειν ἐς, to end in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καταξαίνειν ἐς φοινικίδα to cut into red rags, [NT+5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκ μειρακίων τελευτᾶν, εἰς ἄνδρα γενειᾶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to form a predicate, ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη [LXX]; πιστὸς (i.e. ἦν) εἰς προφήτην [LXX+NT] V.2) of Purpose or Object, εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαθόν, πείσεται εἰς ἀγαθόν, for good, for his good, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς φόβον to cause fear, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς κάλλος ζῆν to live for show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι to be pertinent, to the purpose, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; frequently of expenditure on an object, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) POSITION: εἰς is sometimes parted from its accusative by several words, εἰς ἀμφοτέρω Διομήδεος ἅρματα βήτην [Refs 8th c.BC+] put after its case, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: after an adverb, αὔριον ἔς· τῆμος δὲ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Pronounciation:
ice
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases; (abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with; a primary preposition
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὸ
Transliteration:
to
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Singular Neuter
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC neuter person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
mountain
Strongs:
Greek:
ὄρος
Transliteration:
oros
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Neuter
Grammar:
a neuter PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὄρος
Transliteration:
oros
Gloss:
mountain
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Neuter
Definition:
ὄρος, -ους, τό [in LXX chiefly, and very freq, for הַר;] a mountain: Mat.4:8 17:1, Mrk.9:2, Jhn.4:20, 2Pe.1:18, al; opposite to βουνός, Luk.3:5 (LXX); ὄ. τ. ἐλαιῶν, Mat.21:1 24:3, al. (see: ἐ.); ὄ. Σιών (Σ, prob. in gem appos.), Heb.12:22, Rev.14:1; ὄ. Σινά, Act.7:30, 38 Gal.4:24-25; τὸ ὄ, of the hill district as distinct from the lowlands, esp. the hills above the Sea of Galilee, Mat.5:1 8:1, Mrk.3:13 6:46, al; τὰ ὄ, Mat.18:12, Mrk.5:5, Heb.11:38, Rev.6:14, al; proverbially (cf. Rabbinic, הדים עקר), of overcoming difficulties, accomplishing marvels, ὄρη μεθιστάνειν, 1Co.13:2, cf. Mat.17:20 21:21, Mrk.11:23 (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὄρος
Transliteration:
oros
Gloss:
mountain
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Neuter
Definition:
ὄρος, εος, τό: genitive plural ὀρέων (the form proper to Ionic dialect and other dialects) is required by the metre in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and is alone used in [LXX+2nd c.BC+]; but ὀρῶν (the Attic dialect form) is required in [Refs 5th c.BC+] for the sake of meter| in Doric dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], see at {ὄρειος} (οὔρεσιν is an Epicism in [Refs 7th c.BC+] at end of a hexameter, [Refs]; ὄρος is found in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+] and should perhaps be restored elsewhere:—mountain, hill, ὄρεος κορυφῇσι [Refs 8th c.BC+] 2) canton, parish, ὄ. Ἀργειατᾶν, ὄ. Ὀγχνιάἱον, etc, [Refs 4th c.BC+] 3) in Egypt, desert, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; as place of burial, [Refs 1st c.AD+] 4) part of the foot, ={τὸ ἄνω πρὸ τῶν δακτύλων}, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 5) ={ἀμίς}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ὄρος
Transliteration:
óros
Pronounciation:
or'-os
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Neuter
to pray.
Strongs:
Lexicon:
προσεύχομαι
Greek:
προσεύξασθαι.
Transliteration:
proseuxasthai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to pray
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Middle Deponent Infinitive
Grammar:
an ACTION that was to happen
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
προσεύχομαι
Transliteration:
proseuchomai
Gloss:
to pray
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
προσ-εύχομαι [in LXX chiefly for פָּלַל hith;] to pray (always of prayer to God, or in cl, to gods): absol, Mat.6:5-7, 9 14:23 19:13 26:36, 39 26:41, 44, Mrk.1:35 6:46 11:24-25 13:33 (WH, E, txt, om.) Mrk.14:32, 38-39 Luk.1:10 3:21 5:16 6:12 9:18, 28-29 11:1-2 18:1, 10 22:44 (WH, E, mg, om.), Act.1:24 6:6 9:11 10:9, 30 11:5 12:12 13:3 14:23 16:25 20:36 21:5 22:17 28:8, 1Co.11:4-5 14:14, 1Th.5:17, 1Ti.2:8, Jas.5:13, 18; before λέγων, Mat.26:39, 42, Luk.22:41; with dative instr, 1Co.11:5 14:14-15; μακρά, Mat.23:14 (WH, R, txt, om.), Mrk.12:40, Luk.20:47; ἐν πνεύματι (ἁγίῳ), Eph.6:18, Ju 20; προσευχῇ π. (a Hebraism, see: προσευχή), Jas.5:17; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.18:11, Rom.8:26; before ἐπί, with accusative of person(s), Jas.5:14; with dative of person(s), Mat.6:6, 1Co.11:13; before περί, with genitive, Act.8:15, Col.1:3 4:3, 1Th.5:25, 2Th.1:11 3:1, Heb.13:18; ὑπέρ, Mat.5:44 Luk.6:28, Col.1:9, Jas.5:16; before ἵνα, Mat.24:20, Mrk.13:18 14:35, Luk.22:46, 1Co.14:13; τοῦτο ἵνα, Php.1:9; with inf, Luk.22:46; before τοῦ, with inf. (Bl, § 71, 3), Jas.5:17. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
προσεύχομαι
Transliteration:
proseuchomai
Gloss:
to pray
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
προσεύχομαι, future -ξομαι[Refs 4th c.BC+]:—offer prayers or vows, θεοῖς [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) with accusative, π. τὸν θεόν address him in prayer, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) absolutely, offer prayers, worship, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. γλώσσῃ, πνεύματι, νοΐ, [NT] II) with accusative of things, pray for a thing, νίκην πολέμου [Refs 5th c.BC+]: c.infinitive, ἕλκειν τὸ βέδυ π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζῆσαι προσεύχου pray for life, [Refs] with infinitive, [NT]; π. ἵνα, περί τινων ὅπως, [NT]
Strongs
Word:
προσεύχομαι
Transliteration:
proseúchomai
Pronounciation:
pros-yoo'-khom-ahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
